{"title":"Accessories","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"ecosmart-l50-fire-screen-l1080","title":"EcoSmart L50 Fire Screen (L1080)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L50 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it steadies the flame in wind, so your Linear 50 doesn't flicker on an exposed deck. It's tempered glass in a stainless steel frame that sits flush over the burner with no fixings; lift it off in seconds to refuel or clean. It costs more than a generic wire guard, but it matches the fire's finish rather than looking bolted on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l50-fire-screen-l1080-linear-fireplace-screen-product-view.png?v=1776889466\" alt=\"EcoSmart L50 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L50 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 220 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire does the L50 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe L50 Fire Screen fits the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the screen block heat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so you keep the warmth while the flame is protected from wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the L50 Fire Screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire does the L50 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The L50 Fire Screen fits the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the screen block heat?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so you keep the warmth while the flame is protected from wind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the L50 Fire Screen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46661664833726,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.L50","price":495.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l50-fire-screen-l1080-linear-fireplace-screen-product-view.png?v=1776889466"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-s22-fire-screen-s500","title":"EcoSmart S22 Fire Screen (S500)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart S22 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the S22 fits several EcoSmart tables that share one square burner, the Square 22, Mojito 40 and Base 40, so it steadies the flame in wind on any of them. Four tempered glass panels in a stainless steel frame rest on the burner surround and lift off to refuel or clean. It costs more than a wire cage, but it's finished to match the burner, not bolted on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-s22-fire-screen-s500-square-fireplace-screen-product-view.png?v=1776890100\" alt=\"EcoSmart S22 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart S22 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40 Fire Table and Base 40 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 560 mm x 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 220 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fires does the S22 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe S22 fits these EcoSmart products: Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40 and Base 40 Fire Table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it clip on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It rests on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off to fill or clean the burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the S22 Fire Screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fires does the S22 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The S22 fits these EcoSmart products: Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40 and Base 40 Fire Table.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it clip on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It rests on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off to fill or clean the burner.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the S22 Fire Screen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46662188466366,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.S22","price":425.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-s22-fire-screen-s500-square-fireplace-screen-product-view.png?v=1776890100"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-l90-fire-screen","title":"EcoSmart L90 Fire Screen","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L90 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Linear 90 and Cosmo 50 run EcoSmart's largest burner, so a flame this size needs more than a generic screen to stop it leaning in wind. Four tempered glass panels in a stainless steel frame, about a metre across, lift off easily to refuel or clean. Heat still passes through the glass, so you keep the warmth and the sightline, without the wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l90-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1776845908\" alt=\"EcoSmart L90 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L90 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit and Cosmo 50 Fire Table (XL900 burner)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 240 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire does the L90 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe L90 Fire Screen is sized for the XL900 burner used in the Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I still get warmth through the glass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so the screen steadies the flame without stealing the warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it clip on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It sits flush on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off when you fill or clean the burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire does the L90 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The L90 Fire Screen is sized for the XL900 burner used in the Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do I still get warmth through the glass?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so the screen steadies the flame without stealing the warmth.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it clip on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It sits flush on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off when you fill or clean the burner.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46666740072638,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.L90","price":875.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l90-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1776845908"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-l65-fire-screen-l1520","title":"EcoSmart L65 Fire Screen (L1520)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L65 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it stops the flame drifting in wind on a deck edge or pool-side spot, so your Linear 65 or Martini 50 looks as considered lit as it does off. Four tempered glass panels in a stainless steel frame are cut to the burner's exact length and sit flush over it, lifting off to refuel or clean. A wire screen is cheaper, but this matches the burner's own steel finish instead of bolting on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-l65-fire-screen-l1520-glass-burner-safety-screen.png?v=1776892005\" alt=\"EcoSmart L65 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L65 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and Martini 50 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 235 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire does the L65 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe L65 Fire Screen fits the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need any fixings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It rests on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off to fill or clean the burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the L65 Fire Screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire does the L65 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The L65 Fire Screen fits the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need any fixings?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It rests on the burner surround under its own weight. Lift off to fill or clean the burner.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the L65 Fire Screen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46667180835006,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.L65","price":525.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-l65-fire-screen-l1520-glass-burner-safety-screen.png?v=1776892005"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-l130-fire-screen","title":"EcoSmart L130 Fire Screen","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L130 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Linear 130 runs three XL900 burners in an exposed spot, a rooftop or open deck, where wind hits a long flame harder than a smaller one. Tempered glass in a stainless steel frame, about 1,340 mm long, drops over the whole burner run in one piece and lifts off just as easily. It's the most expensive screen in the range simply because there's more glass and steel in it, not any extra premium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l130-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1780516057\" alt=\"EcoSmart L130 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L130 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 130 Fire Pit Kit (three XL900 burners)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 240 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire does the L130 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe L130 Fire Screen is sized for the EcoSmart Linear 130 Fire Pit Kit with its three XL900 burners. It sits flush on the burner surround, no fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the L130 screen block heat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Tempered glass lets radiant heat through so you keep the warmth. It shields the flame from wind, not from you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I leave it on when the fire is out?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Lift it off when you fill or clean the burner, otherwise it can stay in place. Use the ST40 or LT90 All-Season Cover for full weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire does the L130 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The L130 Fire Screen is sized for the EcoSmart Linear 130 Fire Pit Kit with its three XL900 burners. It sits flush on the burner surround, no fixings.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the L130 screen block heat?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. Tempered glass lets radiant heat through so you keep the warmth. It shields the flame from wind, not from you.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I leave it on when the fire is out?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Lift it off when you fill or clean the burner, otherwise it can stay in place. Use the ST40 or LT90 All-Season Cover for full weather protection.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46669694173374,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.L130","price":1195.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l130-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1780516057"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-r20-fire-screen-r530","title":"EcoSmart R20 Fire Screen (R530)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Screen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart R20 Fire Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a flat screen would square off the shape of a round fire, so the R20's curved tempered glass panels follow the circle of your Round 20 kit or Pod 30 instead. The stainless steel frame sits flush on the burner surround with no fixings, lifting straight off to refuel or clean. A mesh cage costs less, but it flattens the round shape you chose the burner for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-screen-r20-round-glass-accessory-detail.png?v=1776869440\" alt=\"EcoSmart R20 Fire Screen\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart R20 Fire Screen specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and Pod 30 Fire Pit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass, Grade 304 stainless steel frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 220 mm above the burner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame, 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fires does the R20 Fire Screen fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe R20 fits these EcoSmart products: Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and Pod 30 Fire Pit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the screen block heat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so you keep the warmth while the flame is protected from wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the R20 Fire Screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fires does the R20 Fire Screen fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The R20 fits these EcoSmart products: Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and Pod 30 Fire Pit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the screen block heat?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. Tempered glass lets radiant heat pass through, so you keep the warmth while the flame is protected from wind.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the R20 Fire Screen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years on the stainless steel frame and 1 year on the glass, managed by My Acre.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right fit before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScreen sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one you need. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46669730906302,"sku":"ESF.25.A.S.R20","price":425.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-screen-r20-round-glass-accessory-detail.png?v=1776869440"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-l65-cover-plate","title":"EcoSmart L65 Cover Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Table Cover Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L65 Cover Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an open burner on your Linear 65 or Martini 50 reads as unfinished furniture by day, so this plate closes it into a usable surface for drinks or a tray. It's cut to the exact 720 mm x 130 mm opening in Grade 304 stainless, the same grade as the burner, so the two age together. A generic cut sheet is cheaper, but it leaves a visible gap and a mismatched tone in the sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l65-cover-plate-burner-cover-plate-accessory.png?v=1776880180\" alt=\"EcoSmart L65 Cover Plate\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L65 Cover Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and Martini 50 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 brushed stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 720 mm x 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the L65 Cover Plate fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's cut to match the burner opening on the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which burner your unit uses, send us the model before you order and we'll confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a serving surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for drinks or a tray on nights the fire stays off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I keep it looking good?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the L65 Cover Plate fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's cut to match the burner opening on the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which burner your unit uses, send us the model before you order and we'll confirm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it as a serving surface?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for drinks or a tray on nights the fire stays off.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I keep it looking good?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Wipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover plate before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46670215348414,"sku":"ESF.5.A.CP.L65","price":325.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l65-cover-plate-burner-cover-plate-accessory.png?v=1776880180"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-r20-cover-plate","title":"EcoSmart R20 Cover Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Table Cover Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart R20 Cover Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Round 20 and Pod 30's circular burner leaves a dark void when it isn't lit, so this plate turns that gap into a flat, usable surface. It's matched to the round opening in Grade 304 stainless, about 555 mm across, since a plate even a few millimetres out shows more on a circle than a straight edge. A mild-steel disc from a fabricator is cheaper, but it corrodes where the stainless does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-r20-cover-plate-round-burner-cover-plate-glass-panel.png?v=1776883321\" alt=\"EcoSmart R20 Cover Plate\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart R20 Cover Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and Pod 30 Fire Pit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 brushed stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire pit does the R20 Cover Plate fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's sized for the round burner on the EcoSmart Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and the Pod 30 Fire Pit. If you're not certain which burner your unit uses, send us the model before you order and we'll confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I set drinks or a tray on it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for the table when the fire isn't lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire pit does the R20 Cover Plate fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's sized for the round burner on the EcoSmart Round 20 Fire Pit Kit and the Pod 30 Fire Pit. If you're not certain which burner your unit uses, send us the model before you order and we'll confirm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I set drinks or a tray on it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for the table when the fire isn't lit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I care for it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Wipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover plate before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46670581629118,"sku":"ESF.5.A.CP.R20","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-r20-cover-plate-round-burner-cover-plate-glass-panel.png?v=1776883321"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-s18-cover-plate","title":"EcoSmart S18 Cover Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Table Cover Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart S18 Cover Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: on a smaller table, an open burner takes up more of the surface, so covering the S18 platform does more for everyday use. It's cut to the 450 mm square S18 platform in Grade 304 stainless, about 455 mm x 455 mm; EcoSmart uses several square sizes, so confirm your platform first. A generic offcut is cheaper, but the S18's tight tolerances mean a gap shows if it isn't cut to size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-s18-fire-screen-glass-panel-accessory.png?v=1776764013\" alt=\"EcoSmart S18 Cover Plate\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart S18 Cover Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart S18 (450 mm) square burner platform\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 brushed stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 455 mm x 455 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the S18 Cover Plate fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's sized for the 450 mm square S18 burner platform. If you're unsure which burner your fire table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a serving surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat surface over the burner opening for drinks or a tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I keep it looking good?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the S18 Cover Plate fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's sized for the 450 mm square S18 burner platform. If you're unsure which burner your fire table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it as a serving surface?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat surface over the burner opening for drinks or a tray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I keep it looking good?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Wipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover plate before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46672073359550,"sku":"ESF.A.CP.S18","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-s18-fire-screen-glass-panel-accessory.png?v=1776764013"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-s22-cover-plate","title":"EcoSmart S22 Cover Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Table Cover Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart S22 Cover Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Square 22 burner turns up across several EcoSmart tables, the Square 22 kit, Mojito 40, Manhattan 50 and Base 40, so this plate closes the opening on whichever one you own. It's cut to the exact 555 mm square opening in Grade 304 stainless, about 4 kg; it isn't standard on any of these tables. A generic offcut is cheaper, but it leaves a visible gap and a mismatched tone against the table's own finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/s22-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1776931565\" alt=\"EcoSmart S22 Cover Plate\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart S22 Cover Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40 Fire Table, Manhattan 50 Fire Table and Base 40 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 brushed stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 555 mm x 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire tables does the S22 Cover Plate fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's cut for the Square 22 burner, used on the EcoSmart Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40, Manhattan 50 and Base 40 fire tables. If you're not certain which burner your table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I set drinks or food on it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once the burner has fully cooled after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire tables does the S22 Cover Plate fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's cut for the Square 22 burner, used on the EcoSmart Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Mojito 40, Manhattan 50 and Base 40 fire tables. If you're not certain which burner your table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I set drinks or food on it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, once the burner has fully cooled after use.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I care for it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Wipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover plate before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46673981472958,"sku":"ESF.5.A.CP.S22","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/s22-fire-screen-glass-fireplace-screen-accessory.png?v=1776931565"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-lt50-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart LT50 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart LT50 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the cover gives year-round protection against rain, dust and UV rays, which EcoSmart says preserves the finish and function of the table. The LT50 is cut to the Linear 50 or Manhattan 50's exact footprint rather than a generic size, so it sits close in wind. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-lt50-all-season-cover-fitted-protective-cover-side-view.png?v=1776936509\" alt=\"EcoSmart LT50 All-Season Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart LT50 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and Manhattan 50 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the LT50 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and the Manhattan 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which model your table is, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and steel to cool before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the LT50 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the LT50 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and the Manhattan 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which model your table is, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"When can I put the cover on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Only over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and steel to cool before covering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the LT50 waterproof?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46674349457598,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.LT50","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-fire-lt50-all-season-cover-fitted-protective-cover-side-view.png?v=1776936509"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-lt65-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart LT65 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart LT65 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a fire table left bare through a wet week shows it in the finish before the burner gives any trouble, so the LT65 takes that weather in its place. It's fitted to the Linear 65 or Martini 50's exact footprint, with reinforced seams and an elasticated hem that keep it seated in wind. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt65-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776946417\" alt=\"EcoSmart LT65 All-Season Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart LT65 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and Martini 50 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the LT65 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which model your table is, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the LT65 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the LT65 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 65 Fire Pit Kit and the Martini 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which model your table is, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"When can I put the cover on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Only over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the LT65 waterproof?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46674370560190,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.LT65","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt65-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776946417"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-lt70-all-season-cover-low","title":"EcoSmart LT70 All-Season Cover (Low)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart LT70 All-Season Cover (Low)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a low, wide linear table needs a cover cut to that shape, since a standard-height cover gaps at the base or bunches up in wind. The LT70 is cut low and wide for tables around the 700 mm scale rather than tied to one named model, so confirm your exact table with us before ordering. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt70-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776952659\" alt=\"EcoSmart LT70 All-Season Cover (Low)\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart LT70 All-Season Cover (Low) specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWide linear fire tables and pit kits, around 700 mm scale (confirm your exact model with My Acre before ordering)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the LT70 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's sized for wider, low-profile linear fire tables around 700 mm scale. Because this covers more than one EcoSmart model, send us your table's details before ordering. We'll confirm the fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the LT70 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the LT70 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's sized for wider, low-profile linear fire tables around 700 mm scale. Because this covers more than one EcoSmart model, send us your table's details before ordering. We'll confirm the fit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"When can I put the cover on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Only over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the LT70 waterproof?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46674801655998,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.LT70.L","price":345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt70-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776952659"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-lt90-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart LT90 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart LT90 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Linear 90 is one of the larger kits in the range, so more surface means more exposure to rain, UV and debris if it's left uncovered. The LT90 is cut to its footprint, with reinforced seams and an elasticated hem that keep it seated in wind rather than working loose. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt90-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776954613\" alt=\"EcoSmart LT90 All-Season Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart LT90 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire pit does the LT90 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit. If you're not certain your unit is the Linear 90, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. The ceramic media and steel hold heat for a while, so allow the fire to cool completely before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the LT90 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire pit does the LT90 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's fitted to the EcoSmart Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit. If you're not certain your unit is the Linear 90, send us the details and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"When can I put the cover on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Only over a fully cool burner. The ceramic media and steel hold heat for a while, so allow the fire to cool completely before covering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the LT90 waterproof?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46674861392062,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.LT90","price":895.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-lt90-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776954613"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-rp60-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart RP60 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart RP60 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a low round fire pit sheds rain differently to a tall table, so a cover cut for a taller unit tends to leave it too loose or not sealed at the base. The RP60 is shaped for that low, round footprint at the 600 mm scale rather than tied to one model, so confirm your exact unit with us before ordering. Reinforced seams and an elasticated hem keep it seated close rather than lifting in a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rp60-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776970140\" alt=\"EcoSmart RP60 All-Season Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart RP60 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound fire pits, around 600 mm scale (confirm your exact model with My Acre before ordering)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire pit does the RP60 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's sized for smaller round fire pits around 600 mm diameter. Because this covers more than one EcoSmart model, send us your fire pit's details before ordering. We'll confirm the fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the RP60 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire pit does the RP60 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's sized for smaller round fire pits around 600 mm diameter. Because this covers more than one EcoSmart model, send us your fire pit's details before ordering. We'll confirm the fit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"When can I put the cover on?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Only over a fully cool burner. Allow the fire and media to cool completely before covering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the RP60 waterproof?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675404619966,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.RP60","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rp60-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776970140"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-rp85-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart RP85 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the RP85 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a larger round fire pit is usually the most expensive piece on the terrace, so leaving it uncovered through a wet week is the surest way to shorten its life. The RP85 is a UV coated Oxford fabric cover shaped to sit close over round pits around 850 mm, with a breathable membrane that lets moisture escape. Pits this size vary by maker, so confirm your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rp85-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776971415\" alt=\"EcoSmart RP85 All-Season Cover fitted over a round low-profile fire pit\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRP85 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound fire pits, 850 mm scale (contact us to confirm your unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire pit does the RP85 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RP85 is sized for round low-profile fire pits around 850 mm diameter. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the RP85 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the fire pit from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and store the RP85?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire pit does the RP85 fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The RP85 is sized for round low-profile fire pits around 850 mm diameter. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the RP85 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the fire pit from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean and store the RP85?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Wipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire pit's model and we'll confirm the RP85 fits before you order, and beat any genuine like-for-like price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675453509822,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.RP85","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rp85-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776971415"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-rt40-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart RT40 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the RT40 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Mimosa 40's round Fluid Concrete top is designed to read as furniture, not hardware left in the weather, so the RT40 is cut to its 1,016 mm round form rather than sold as a generic sheet. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. It costs more than a one-size sheet, but it stays put in wind without re-tying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rt40-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776972870\" alt=\"EcoSmart RT40 All-Season Cover fitted over a Mimosa 40 round fire table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRT40 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Mimosa 40 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the RT40 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe RT40 is sized specifically for the EcoSmart Mimosa 40 Fire Table's round 1,016 mm tabletop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Let the flame, media and Fluid Concrete surface cool completely before covering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill the RT40 protect the Fluid Concrete finish?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire table does the RT40 fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The RT40 is sized specifically for the EcoSmart Mimosa 40 Fire Table's round 1,016 mm tabletop.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Let the flame, media and Fluid Concrete surface cool completely before covering.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the RT40 protect the Fluid Concrete finish?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep your Mimosa 40 looking new\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the RT40 to your order, or call us to add it later. Your price is beaten against any genuine like-for-like offer. Delivery is free Australia wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675519635646,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.RT40","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-rt40-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776972870"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-sp85-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart SP85 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the SP85 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a low square fire pit sits close to the ground, so it collects rain, dust and leaf litter faster than a taller table. The SP85 is a UV coated Oxford fabric cover shaped to the 850 mm square footprint, with a breathable membrane that lets moisture escape. Square pits at this scale vary, so confirm your unit with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-sp85-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776974069\" alt=\"EcoSmart SP85 All-Season Cover fitted over a square low-profile fire pit\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSP85 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare fire pits, 850 mm scale (contact us to confirm your unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire pit does the SP85 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SP85 is sized for square low-profile fire pits around 850 mm scale. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the SP85 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the fire pit from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and store the SP85?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire pit does the SP85 fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The SP85 is sized for square low-profile fire pits around 850 mm scale. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the SP85 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the fire pit from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean and store the SP85?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Wipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire pit's model and we'll confirm the SP85 fits before you order, and beat any genuine like-for-like price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675554992318,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.SP85","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-sp85-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776974069"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st24-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart ST24 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST24 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a slim, tall stainless steel fire pit left exposed to salt air and rain will show it fast, so a fitted cover earns its keep. The ST24 is a fitted cover shaped to a slim, tall silhouette, with reinforced seams and an elasticated hem that keep it snug in wind. It fits a specific EcoSmart fire pit model, so call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st24-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776975362\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST24 All-Season Cover fitted over a slim EcoSmart fire pit\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST24 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits a specific EcoSmart fire pit model with a slim, tall silhouette; call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Wait for the burner and media to cool completely before covering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST24 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need one cover per fire pit if I have more than one?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ST24 is fitted to a single unit, so if you have more than one grouped along a pool edge or terrace, each one needs its own cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Wait for the burner and media to cool completely before covering it.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST24 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need one cover per fire pit if I have more than one?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The ST24 is fitted to a single unit, so if you have more than one grouped along a pool edge or terrace, each one needs its own cover.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep it looking new\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the ST24 to your order, or call us to add it later. Your price is beaten against any genuine like-for-like offer. Delivery is free with any EcoSmart fire pit or fire table; ordered on its own, this cover adds $50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675599360190,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST24","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st24-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776975362"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st30-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart ST30 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST30 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Pod 30 is often placed on a balcony where it takes weather from every side, so the ST30 is shaped to its round Fluid Concrete body rather than a loose sheet that catches wind off the edge. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. Reinforced seams keep it seated in a balcony updraught.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st30-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776976248\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST30 All-Season Cover fitted over a Pod 30 fire pit\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST30 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Pod 30 Fire Pit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Allow the flame, media and steel to cool completely before covering the Pod 30.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST30 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill the ST30 stay on in wind on a balcony?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reinforced seams and elasticated hem are designed to keep it snug against the Pod 30's round body rather than catching wind like a loose sheet, which matters most in an exposed balcony setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Allow the flame, media and steel to cool completely before covering the Pod 30.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST30 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the ST30 stay on in wind on a balcony?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The reinforced seams and elasticated hem are designed to keep it snug against the Pod 30's round body rather than catching wind like a loose sheet, which matters most in an exposed balcony setting.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep your Pod 30 looking new\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the ST30 to your order, or call us to add it later. Your price is beaten against any genuine like-for-like offer. Delivery is free with any EcoSmart fire pit or fire table; ordered on its own, this cover adds $50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675653689534,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST30","price":225.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st30-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776976248"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st38-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart ST38 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST38 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an exposed fire table sitting in a seating area, rather than tucked against a wall, needs more than a light tarp between uses. The ST38 is a fitted cover in 600D Oxford fabric shaped to a square footprint, with reinforced seams on the corners where rain and leaf litter collect fastest; the breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. It fits a specific EcoSmart fire table model, so call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st38-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776977338\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST38 All-Season Cover fitted over a square EcoSmart fire table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST38 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits a specific EcoSmart fire table model with a square footprint; call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the ST38 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST38 is sized for a specific EcoSmart fire table with a square footprint. Call our team with your model and we'll confirm your exact fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and surround to cool completely before covering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST38 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire table does the ST38 fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ST38 is sized for a specific EcoSmart fire table with a square footprint. Call our team with your model and we'll confirm your exact fit before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and surround to cool completely before covering it.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST38 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm your fit before you order\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCall us with your fire table's model and we'll confirm the ST38 is the right cover. Delivery is free Australia wide either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675772309694,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST38","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st38-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776977338"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover","title":"EcoSmart ST40 All-Season Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST40 All-Season Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the Mojito 40's waterfall edge runs down the sides, the detail most exposed to weather and the part a generic tarp would sag around instead of follow. The ST40 is cut to its own square silhouette, including that edge, with reinforced seams and an elasticated hem to keep it in place. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. It is cut to this specific shape, so it costs more than a generic sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776978504\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST40 All-Season Cover fitted over a Mojito 40 square fire table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST40 All-Season Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Mojito 40 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Allow the flame, media and steel to cool completely before covering the Mojito 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST40 waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the ST40 fit the waterfall edge properly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is cut to the Mojito 40's own square silhouette, including the sides where the waterfall edge runs, rather than a flat, generic sheet that would gap around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Allow the flame, media and steel to cool completely before covering the Mojito 40.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST40 waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the ST40 fit the waterfall edge properly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The cover is cut to the Mojito 40's own square silhouette, including the sides where the waterfall edge runs, rather than a flat, generic sheet that would gap around it.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep your Mojito 40 looking new\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd the ST40 to your order, or call us to add it later. Your price is beaten against any genuine like-for-like offer. Delivery is free Australia wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675791413438,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST40","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover-fitted-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776978504"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover-low","title":"EcoSmart ST40 All-Season Cover (Low)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST40 All-Season Cover (Low)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a low-profile fire table exposes more of the surround to weather at once, so the ST40 Low is shaped to sit close over it rather than billow like a cover cut for a taller table. Its breathable membrane lets moisture escape, which prevents condensation. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It fits a specific EcoSmart fire table model, so call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover-fitted-black-outdoor-fire-table-cover-low.png?v=1776979703\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST40 All-Season Cover (Low) fitted over a low-profile square EcoSmart fire table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST40 All-Season Cover (Low) specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits a specific low-profile EcoSmart fire table model with a square footprint; call our team to confirm your exact model before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the ST40 Low fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST40 Low is sized for a specific low-profile EcoSmart fire table with a square footprint. Call our team with your model and we'll confirm your exact fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen can I put the cover on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and surround to cool completely before covering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST40 Low waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire table does the ST40 Low fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ST40 Low is sized for a specific low-profile EcoSmart fire table with a square footprint. Call our team with your model and we'll confirm your exact fit before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When can I put the cover on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only over a fully cool burner. Wait for the flame, media and surround to cool completely before covering it.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST40 Low waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The UV coated Oxford fabric shields the table from rain, dust and UV rays. It is breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm your fit before you order\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCall us with your fire table's model and we'll confirm the ST40 Low is the right cover. Delivery is free Australia wide either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788311198\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675844104382,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST40.L","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st40-all-season-cover-fitted-black-outdoor-fire-table-cover-low.png?v=1776979703"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-st50-all-season-cover-low","title":"EcoSmart ST50 All-Season Cover (Low)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · All-Season Covers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the ST50 All-Season Cover (Low)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a wider, low square fire table has more surface exposed to the sky, so it takes the brunt of rain, dust and UV when it isn't lit. The ST50 Low is shaped to sit close over that broader low profile at 500 mm, with a breathable membrane that lets moisture escape. Tables at this scale vary, so confirm your unit with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st50-all-season-cover-low-fitted-black-outdoor-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776980904\" alt=\"EcoSmart ST50 All-Season Cover (Low) fitted over a wide low-profile square fire table\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eST50 All-Season Cover (Low) specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider low square fire tables, 500 mm scale (contact us to confirm your unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D Oxford fabric, UV-resistant coating, breathable membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharcoal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 1.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutdoor, over a cool fire only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the ST50 Low fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ST50 Low is sized for wider, low-profile square fire tables around 500 mm scale. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ST50 Low waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and store the ST50 Low?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which fire table does the ST50 Low fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The ST50 Low is sized for wider, low-profile square fire tables around 500 mm scale. Send us your model and we'll confirm the fit before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the ST50 Low waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The fabric is waterproof and breathable, so condensation cannot build up. Cover it only when it is completely dry.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I clean and store the ST50 Low?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Wipe it down with a damp cloth and mild soap, then let it dry fully before folding it away.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the ST50 Low fits before you order, and beat any genuine like-for-like price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46675856064702,"sku":"MAD.5.A.AS.ST50.L","price":325.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-st50-all-season-cover-low-fitted-black-outdoor-fire-table-cover.png?v=1776980904"},{"product_id":"e-nrg-bioethanol-fuel","title":"E-NRG BioEthanol Fuel","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/e-nrg-bioethanol-fuel\"\u003ee-NRG\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on e-NRG bioethanol fuel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ee-NRG is the bioethanol EcoSmart formulate and test for their own burners. It is supplied in Australia by MAD Design Australia, part of the group behind EcoSmart Fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend it for topping up any EcoSmart burner without a drive to the hardware store. It burns with a bright, steady flame and produces no smoke, soot or ash. EcoSmart say they tested it against a range of formulas for the longest burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheaper fuels are on the shelf, but EcoSmart warn that untested fuels can leave residue in the burner and void its warranty. e-NRG is the fuel EcoSmart test and approve, priced accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold in 20 L cartons of four 5 L bottles. Add two or more cartons and delivery is free anywhere in Australia. Every EcoSmart fire we ship can be paired with fuel in the same delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/e-nrg-bioethanol-carton-ethanol-fuel.jpg?v=1777341341\" alt=\"e-NRG bioethanol carton with four 5 litre bottles ready to load into an EcoSmart burner\" loading=\"eager\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you'll love e-NRG\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eApproved for EcoSmart burners\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe only fuel EcoSmart test and approve for their burners. Other fuels void the burner warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFlame arrester in every bottle\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 5 L bottle has a flame arrester built into the spout, to stop a flame travelling back into the bottle while you refuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBright, steady flame\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated for a bright orange flame, with no soot building up on the burner or glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTested for burn time\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoSmart tested e-NRG against a range of formulas to find the longest burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-card\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNo smoke, soot or ash\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean bioethanol burn, indoor and outdoor safe, with nothing to sweep out of the burner afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy you should consider e-NRG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ee-NRG is the denatured bioethanol EcoSmart test and approve for their burners. Buy yours through My Acre and we'll beat any genuine like-for-like price you find elsewhere. Delivery is free on 2 or more cartons anywhere in Australia. If a question ever comes up, you deal with us directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUnsure how much fuel you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us which EcoSmart burner you're running and we'll work out how many cartons to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ee-NRG specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDenatured bioethanol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDenaturants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo more than 1 per cent of the fuel (safety data sheet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupplier\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAD Design Australia, NSW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarton size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 5 L bottles (20 L per carton)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 cartons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlash point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmoke and soot\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndoor use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, in EcoSmart burners with the Indoor Safety Tray fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelf life\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3+ years if sealed and stored out of direct sunlight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDelivery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree on 2+ cartons Australia wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much fuel your burner uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsage varies by burner: AB3 about 0.4 L\/hr, AB8 about 1.1 L\/hr, XL500 about 0.8 L\/hr, XL900 about 1.7 L\/hr, XL1200 about 2.4 L\/hr. At $6.28 to $6.92 per litre delivered, that works out to about $2.50 to $2.80 an hour for an AB3, $6.90 to $7.60 for an AB8, and around $15 to $16.60 an hour for an XL1200. Keep cartons sealed, upright, out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources; ethanol has a long shelf life if the cap stays on tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy use e-NRG instead of cheaper ethanol?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the only fuel EcoSmart test and approve for their burners. EcoSmart warn that untested fuels vary in purity and additives, which shows up as a lower, dimmer flame and residue in the burner. Using another fuel also voids the burner warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much fuel will my burner use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AB8 burner used in the Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50 and Cosmo 50 uses about 1.1 L per hour on full flame. The XL900 in the Linear 90 uses about 1.7 L\/hr. The AB3 uses about 0.4 L\/hr.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it cost to run per hour?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt $6.28 to $6.92 per litre delivered, an AB8 costs about $6.90 to $7.60 per hour on full flame, less on a lower flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs delivery included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on 2 or more cartons anywhere in Australia. Every EcoSmart fire order can include fuel in the same delivery, so you receive the fire ready to light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I store e-NRG indoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, sealed and upright, out of direct sunlight and away from heat. Treat it like any flammable liquid: cool, dry, ventilated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why use e-NRG instead of cheaper ethanol?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the only fuel EcoSmart test and approve for their burners. EcoSmart warn that untested fuels vary in purity and additives, which shows up as a lower, dimmer flame and residue in the burner. Using another fuel also voids the burner warranty.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much fuel will my burner use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The AB8 burner used in the Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50 and Cosmo 50 uses about 1.1 L per hour on full flame. The XL900 in the Linear 90 uses about 1.7 L\/hr. The AB3 uses about 0.4 L\/hr.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does it cost to run per hour?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"At $6.28 to $6.92 per litre delivered, an AB8 costs about $6.90 to $7.60 per hour on full flame, less on a lower flame.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is delivery included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, on 2 or more cartons anywhere in Australia. Every EcoSmart fire order can include fuel in the same delivery, so you receive the fire ready to light.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I store e-NRG indoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, sealed and upright, out of direct sunlight and away from heat. Treat it like any flammable liquid: cool, dry, ventilated.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDownloads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-dl\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/e-nrg-bioethanol-fuel-safety-data-sheet.pdf?v=1788165597\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e\n\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"currentColor\" stroke-width=\"1.8\" stroke-linecap=\"round\" stroke-linejoin=\"round\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M12 3v12m0 0l-4-4m4 4l4-4M5 21h14\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\nSafety data sheet (PDF)\n\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep your fire topped up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour price is beaten against any genuine like-for-like offer. Delivery is free on 2 or more cartons Australia wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eSpeak to the team\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNow available with a vanilla infusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same e-NRG bioethanol, infused with soft vanilla aromatic notes. Best suited to indoor burners and covered alfresco areas. It runs $10 more on a two carton order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/e-nrg-vanilla-scented-bioethanol-fuel\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eView vanilla e-NRG\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"e-NRG","offers":[{"title":"2 Cartons","offer_id":46684773843134,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_2","price":275.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Cartons","offer_id":46684773875902,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_3","price":415.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Cartons","offer_id":46684773908670,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_4","price":535.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Cartons","offer_id":46684773941438,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_5","price":635.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Cartons","offer_id":46684773974206,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_6","price":755.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7 Cartons","offer_id":46684774006974,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_7","price":880.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8 Cartons","offer_id":46684774039742,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_8","price":1005.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9 Cartons","offer_id":46684774072510,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_9","price":1130.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Cartons","offer_id":46684774105278,"sku":"ENR.1.5LB_10","price":1260.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/e-nrg-bioethanol-carton-ethanol-fuel.jpg?v=1777341341"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-additional-chimney-block","title":"Ochre Living Additional Chimney Block","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Additional Chimney Block\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: if an eave, wall or sheltered corner is choking your chimney's draw, a 300mm extension fixes it, cast in the same volcanic pumice as your fireplace. It comes in two sizes, Small for the Ossa and Large for the Hotham and Perisher, bonded on with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive. Most sites don't need one; skip it if your fire already draws cleanly. We check sizing against install drawings first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-additional-chimney-block-concrete-chimney-extension-outdoor-entertaining-area.jpg?v=1786391982\" alt=\"Ochre Living Additional Chimney Block fitted to an outdoor fireplace chimney\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdditional Chimney Block specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChimney extension block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdds per block\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm of chimney height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall (for the Ossa) and Large (for the Hotham and Perisher)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolcanic pumice concrete, matched to the range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStacks on the existing chimney, bonded with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$395 (Small) \/ $495 (Large)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich size do I need, Small or Large?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Small suits the Ossa and the Large suits the Hotham and Perisher. If you're adding height to clear an eave or a wall, tell us the target and we'll confirm the size against your install drawings before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I stack more than one block?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, subject to the structural and clearance limits set out in the install guide. We recommend confirming the exact number with your installer before ordering more than one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does it bond to the chimney with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOchre Living Jointing Adhesive, the same heat-resistant refractory adhesive used to assemble the fireplace, rated for the modular pumice sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which size do I need, Small or Large?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Small suits the Ossa and the Large suits the Hotham and Perisher. If you're adding height to clear an eave or a wall, tell us the target and we'll confirm the size against your install drawings before you order.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I stack more than one block?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, subject to the structural and clearance limits set out in the install guide. We recommend confirming the exact number with your installer before ordering more than one.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does it bond to the chimney with?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive, the same heat-resistant refractory adhesive used to assemble the fireplace, rated for the modular pumice sections.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure if your site needs one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us a photo of the install and we'll tell you whether a chimney block will help and which size. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":46707638206654,"sku":"OCH-ACC-CHIMNEY-S","price":395.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":46707638239422,"sku":"OCH-ACC-CHIMNEY-L","price":495.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-additional-chimney-block-concrete-chimney-extension-outdoor-entertaining-area.jpg?v=1786391982"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-exterior-render","title":"Ochre Living Exterior Render","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Exterior Render\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: your kit already ships with enough render to finish the build, so this is for two other cases, a heavier coat during install or a refresh once the surface has weathered. It's the cement-based finishing coat formulated for the volcanic pumice surround on the Ossa, Hotham and Perisher. Confident owners can apply it themselves, though we suggest reading the product sheet first and working with a renderer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-exterior-render-bag-outdoor-application-setting-house-exterior.jpg?v=1786392049\" alt=\"Bag of Ochre Living Exterior Render for fireplace surround finishing\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExterior Render specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior render, finishing coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCement-based render, formulated for Ochre Living surrounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinal exterior coat over the set blocks, or maintenance and touch-ups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVaries with thickness and preparation; see the specification sheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa, Hotham and Perisher fireplaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$135\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much render do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoverage depends on your kit and how thick you apply it. Order enough for the full external face plus a little extra for touch-ups, or call us and we'll scope it against your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I apply it myself?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfident DIY owners can. We suggest reading the product sheet first and, where possible, working with a renderer to keep the finish even.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen should it be reapplied?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly when needed. Most installs hold their finish well for many seasons; a refresh coat brings a weathered surface back to its original look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much render do I need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Coverage depends on your kit and how thick you apply it. Order enough for the full external face plus a little extra for touch-ups, or call us and we'll scope it against your kit.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I apply it myself?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Confident DIY owners can. We suggest reading the product sheet first and, where possible, working with a renderer to keep the finish even.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When should it be reapplied?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only when needed. Most installs hold their finish well for many seasons; a refresh coat brings a weathered surface back to its original look.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure how much to order\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your fireplace model and whether it's a fresh build or a refresh; we'll size the order for you. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46707719143614,"sku":"OCH-ACC-RENDER","price":135.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-exterior-render-bag-outdoor-application-setting-house-exterior.jpg?v=1786392049"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-jointing-adhesive","title":"Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Jointing Adhesive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: your kit already includes enough Jointing Adhesive for the standard install, so you'd order more only when adding a matched accessory later, like the Chimney Block or a Log Store. It's the heat-resistant refractory adhesive formulated for the pumice mix on the Ossa, Hotham and Perisher; a standard masonry adhesive isn't rated for the same heat and movement. Call us if you're not sure how many units you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-jointing-adhesive-outdoor-deck-residential-installation-context.jpg?v=1786392117\" alt=\"Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive used on an outdoor fireplace installation\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eJointing Adhesive specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefractory jointing adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeat-resistant refractory adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonding the modular blocks during install, plus bedding accessory pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa, Hotham and Perisher kits, and Ochre Living accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVaries with joint thickness; see the specification sheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$85\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many units do I need for a full kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the kit and the joint width. As a guide, allow one unit for a standard Ossa install and scale up for the Hotham and Perisher. Call us and we'll size it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use a standard masonry adhesive instead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe don't recommend it. Standard adhesives aren't always rated for the heat and movement an outdoor fireplace install goes through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet times vary with conditions. Check the product sheet for the working window and the full cure time before you light a fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many units do I need for a full kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends on the kit and the joint width. As a guide, allow one unit for a standard Ossa install and scale up for the Hotham and Perisher. Call us and we'll size it for you.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use a standard masonry adhesive instead?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"We don't recommend it. Standard adhesives aren't always rated for the heat and movement an outdoor fireplace install goes through.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does it take to set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Set times vary with conditions. Check the product sheet for the working window and the full cure time before you light a fire.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure how many units you need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us what you're building or adding and we'll size the order against your kit. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46707827835070,"sku":"OCH-ACC-ADHESIVE","price":85.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-jointing-adhesive-outdoor-deck-residential-installation-context.jpg?v=1786392117"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-log-store","title":"Ochre Living Log Store","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Log Store\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it keeps firewood off the ground and within reach, cast in matching volcanic pumice so it reads as part of the fireplace, not a separate box. Unlike the Side or Under Log Store, both built into a specific model, this one is freestanding, so it works beside any of the three or elsewhere on the property. Because it isn't fixed to one fireplace model, it's also the more portable choice of the three, able to be resited if your outdoor layout changes. It arrives on a pallet by freight carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-log-store-empty-unit-concrete-firewood-storage-white-background.jpg?v=1786392221\" alt=\"Ochre Living Log Store, a standalone firewood store in matched volcanic pumice\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLog Store specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandalone outdoor firewood store\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolcanic pumice composite, matched to the range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent outdoor placement, beside or in front of the fireplace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePairs with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa, Hotham and Perisher fireplaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDelivery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePalletised freight, quoted at checkout by postcode, from $60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it sit independently of a fireplace?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's structurally complete as a standalone unit and works as a fixed outdoor firewood store, though it's at its best paired with an Ochre Living fireplace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it rated for permanent outdoor placement?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The volcanic pumice composite is the same standard used for the fireplace kits and is made for permanent outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is this different from the Side or Under Log Store?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a standalone piece that sits separately from the fireplace. The Side Log Store is built into the Ossa's surround and the Under Log Store sits beneath the firebox on the Hotham and Perisher. Call us if you're not sure which suits your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it sit independently of a fireplace?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It's structurally complete as a standalone unit and works as a fixed outdoor firewood store, though it's at its best paired with an Ochre Living fireplace.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it rated for permanent outdoor placement?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The volcanic pumice composite is the same standard used for the fireplace kits and is made for permanent outdoor use.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the Side or Under Log Store?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This is a standalone piece that sits separately from the fireplace. The Side Log Store is built into the Ossa's surround and the Under Log Store sits beneath the firebox on the Hotham and Perisher. Call us if you're not sure which suits your setup.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure which log store suits your fireplace\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your model and where you'd like the wood stored; we'll point you to the right piece. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708023689406,"sku":"OCH-ACC-LOGSTORE","price":550.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-log-store-empty-unit-concrete-firewood-storage-white-background.jpg?v=1786392221"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-under-log-store","title":"Ochre Living Under Log Store (Hotham \/ Perisher)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Under Log Store\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it lifts the firebox on the Hotham or Perisher to a comfortable viewing height, with two open bays underneath for built-in firewood storage instead of dead concrete. It's cast in matching volcanic pumice and sized to your model, so it reads as one piece, not a bolted-on base. This is a Hotham and Perisher piece only; Ossa owners want the Side Log Store instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-log-store-accessories-empty-concrete-firewood-storage-unit-white-background.jpg?v=1786392291\" alt=\"Ochre Living Under Log Store base with built-in firewood bays\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnder Log Store specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-firebox log store base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHotham and Perisher fireplaces (not the Ossa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth and depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSized to match your fireplace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront openings, Hotham\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, each 420 mm wide by 280 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront openings, Perisher\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, each 540 mm wide by 280 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolcanic pumice composite, matched to the range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it fit the Ossa?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's sized for the Hotham and Perisher. The Ossa has its own Side Log Store that does the same job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much wood does it hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo full-width bays across the front, enough seasoned hardwood for regular use, kept dry and within reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs it rated for permanent outdoor use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's cast in the same volcanic pumice as the fireplace and made to stay outdoors year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it fit the Ossa?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It's sized for the Hotham and Perisher. The Ossa has its own Side Log Store that does the same job.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much wood does it hold?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Two full-width bays across the front, enough seasoned hardwood for regular use, kept dry and within reach.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it rated for permanent outdoor use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It's cast in the same volcanic pumice as the fireplace and made to stay outdoors year round.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfirm it fits your Hotham or Perisher\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us which model you own and we'll confirm the fit before it ships. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708399964350,"sku":"OCH-ACC-UNDERLOG","price":550.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-log-store-accessories-empty-concrete-firewood-storage-unit-white-background.jpg?v=1786392291"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-rain-cap","title":"Ochre Living Rain Cap","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Rain Cap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an exposed chimney takes the full brunt of rain and salt air. The Rain Cap protects it: a raised galvanised lid on steel rods with a securing chain that shields the top without choking the draw. It fits the Ossa, Hotham and Perisher. Skip it if your chimney sits fully under cover; for an open or coastal site we'd recommend it or the lower profile Top Cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-rain-cap-chimney-cap-galvanised-steel-close-up.jpg?v=1786392058\" alt=\"Ochre Living Rain Cap fitted to the top of an outdoor fireplace chimney\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRain Cap specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTerminal chimney rain cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa, Hotham and Perisher chimneys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSheds rain and weather while keeping the flue drawing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExposure rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuited to outdoor and coastal sites\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$450\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need a rain cap if my chimney is under cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the chimney is fully under cover and rain can't reach the opening, a cap is optional. For open outdoor installs we'd recommend either the Rain Cap or the Top Cap, depending on the look you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill it affect how the fire draws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The raised lid sheds weather while leaving a clear path for the flue to draw, so the fireplace lights and runs as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eRain Cap or Top Cap, which suits my install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rain Cap is the protective galvanised steel option that sheds weather. The Top Cap is the lower profile concrete finishing piece. Call us if you'd like a recommendation for your site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need a rain cap if my chimney is under cover?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the chimney is fully under cover and rain can't reach the opening, a cap is optional. For open outdoor installs we'd recommend either the Rain Cap or the Top Cap, depending on the look you want.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it affect how the fire draws?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The raised lid sheds weather while leaving a clear path for the flue to draw, so the fireplace lights and runs as normal.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Rain Cap or Top Cap, which suits my install?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Rain Cap is the protective galvanised steel option that sheds weather. The Top Cap is the lower profile concrete finishing piece. Call us if you'd like a recommendation for your site.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRain Cap or Top Cap\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us how exposed your site is and we'll recommend the right one. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708440563902,"sku":"OCH-ACC-RAINCAP","price":450.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-rain-cap-chimney-cap-galvanised-steel-close-up.jpg?v=1786392058"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-side-log-store","title":"Ochre Living Side Log Store","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Side Log Store\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it gives the compact Ossa built-in firewood storage without eating extra courtyard space, a bay that sits flush against the surround in matching volcanic pumice. It mounts on the left or right of the surround, or underneath to raise the fire height, bonded on with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive. This is the Ossa's own log store; Hotham and Perisher owners want the Under Log Store instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-side-log-store-ossa-wood-outdoor-fireplace-log-storage-residential-setting.jpg?v=1786392171\" alt=\"Ochre Living Side Log Store mounted beside an Ossa outdoor fireplace\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSide Log Store specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide-mounted firewood store\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMade for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa fireplace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e685 mm W x 440 mm D x 615 mm H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm W x 340 mm D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolcanic pumice concrete, matched to the range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft or right of the surround, or underneath to raise the fire height; bonded with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill it fit my fireplace?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for the Ossa. The Hotham and Perisher use the Under Log Store instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan it sit on either side?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It mounts on the left or right of the surround, whichever suits your layout. It can also sit underneath to raise the fire height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is it secured?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt bonds to the surround with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive. The install guide sets out the sequence and clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it fit my fireplace?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It's built for the Ossa. The Hotham and Perisher use the Under Log Store instead.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it sit on either side?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It mounts on the left or right of the surround, whichever suits your layout. It can also sit underneath to raise the fire height.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it secured?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It bonds to the surround with Ochre Living Jointing Adhesive. The install guide sets out the sequence and clearances.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLeft, right or underneath\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your layout and we'll help you place it. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708459929790,"sku":"OCH-ACC-SIDELOG","price":550.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-side-log-store-ossa-wood-outdoor-fireplace-log-storage-residential-setting.jpg?v=1786392171"},{"product_id":"ochre-living-top-cap","title":"Ochre Living Top Cap","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ochre-living\"\u003eOchre Living\u003c\/a\u003e · Fireplace Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Top Cap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: it gives the chimney a low profile concrete finish that reads as one piece, not a masonry column with a metal lid, cast in the same mix as your fireplace. It fits the Ossa, Hotham and Perisher; raised supports keep smoke and airflow clear while shielding the top from weather. It suits sheltered sites better than exposed, coastal ones, where the Rain Cap protects more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-top-cap-chimney-cap-concrete-plate-close-up.jpg?v=1786391763\" alt=\"Ochre Living Top Cap, a concrete finishing piece for the fireplace chimney\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTop Cap specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChimney top cap, finishing piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast concrete, matched to the Ochre Living range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOssa, Hotham and Perisher chimneys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinishes the chimney and shields the opening; raised supports keep smoke and airflow clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eTop Cap or Rain Cap, which should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Top Cap is the low profile concrete finishing piece. The Rain Cap is the galvanised steel protective option for exposed installs. Either works as the chimney terminal, so call us if you'd like a recommendation for your site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the Top Cap and Rain Cap together?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn some installs the two are used together for a finished look with added rain protection. The install guide sets out the supported configurations; call us if you'd like advice on the right combination for your site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the finish match my fireplace?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It's cast in the same Ochre Living concrete mix, so the colour and texture sit consistently with the parent kit and read as part of the chimney.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Top Cap or Rain Cap, which should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Top Cap is the low profile concrete finishing piece. The Rain Cap is the galvanised steel protective option for exposed installs. Either works as the chimney terminal, so call us if you'd like a recommendation for your site.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the Top Cap and Rain Cap together?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In some installs the two are used together for a finished look with added rain protection. The install guide sets out the supported configurations; call us if you'd like advice on the right combination for your site.\"}},\n{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the finish match my fireplace?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It's cast in the same Ochre Living concrete mix, so the colour and texture sit consistently with the parent kit and read as part of the chimney.\"}}\n]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTop Cap or Rain Cap\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us how exposed your site is and we'll recommend the right fit, or a combination of both. Found it cheaper elsewhere? We'll beat the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Ochre Living","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46708487815358,"sku":"OCH-ACC-TOPCAP","price":290.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ochre-living-top-cap-chimney-cap-concrete-plate-close-up.jpg?v=1786391763"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-l50-cover-plate","title":"EcoSmart L50 Cover Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Table Cover Plate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart L50 Cover Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an open linear burner on your Linear 50 or Cosmo 50 reads as a trench cut into a finished table, so this plate closes it into a usable surface between fires. It's cut to the exact 610 mm x 130 mm opening in Grade 304 stainless, the same grade as the burner surround. A generic offcut is cheaper, but a mismatched tone is more obvious on a long run than a smaller plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l50-cover-plate-white-front-view.png?v=1780516225\" alt=\"EcoSmart L50 Cover Plate\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart L50 Cover Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and Cosmo 50 Fire Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 304 brushed stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 610 mm x 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich fire table does the L50 Cover Plate fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's cut for the linear burner on the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which burner your table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it as a serving surface?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for drinks or a tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I keep it looking good?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fire table does the L50 Cover Plate fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's cut for the linear burner on the EcoSmart Linear 50 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table. If you're not certain which burner your table uses, send us the model and we'll confirm before you order.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it as a serving surface?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, once the burner has fully cooled. It gives you a flat, weather-friendly surface for drinks or a tray.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I keep it looking good?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Wipe it down with a soft cloth and warm soapy water. Avoid abrasive pads or harsh chemical cleaners, which can dull the brushed finish.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure it's the right fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend us your fire table's model and we'll confirm the exact cover plate before you order, then take care of delivery and after-care from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46770034475198,"sku":"ESF.A.CP.L50","price":295.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-l50-cover-plate-white-front-view.png?v=1780516225"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-xl900-burner-cover","title":"EcoSmart XL900 Burner Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Pit Burner Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart XL900 Burner Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an open burner loses fuel to evaporation and lets in dust and insects, so this silicone seal snaps over the XL900 opening on your Linear 90 or Cosmo 50 to stop both. Leave fuel in the burner between sessions instead of decanting it out each time; on a burner this size, the saving tends to cover the cost of the cover. It's food-grade silicone, with one rule: only fit it over a fully cool burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-xl900-burner-cover-closeup.png?v=1778187184\" alt=\"EcoSmart XL900 Burner Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart XL900 Burner Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXL900 burner (Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit, Cosmo 50 Fire Table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature food-grade silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 920 mm x 130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart's limited warranty, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fires does the XL900 Burner Cover fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits every EcoSmart product that uses the XL900 burner, including the Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I leave fuel in the burner under the cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A sealed burner slows ethanol evaporation between uses and keeps dust and insects out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the XL900 Burner Cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEcoSmart's limited warranty applies. My Acre manages any claim for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fires does the XL900 Burner Cover fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It fits every EcoSmart product that uses the XL900 burner, including the Linear 90 Fire Pit Kit and the Cosmo 50 Fire Table.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I leave fuel in the burner under the cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. A sealed burner slows ethanol evaporation between uses and keeps dust and insects out.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the XL900 Burner Cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"EcoSmart's limited warranty applies. My Acre manages any claim for you.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure which burner cover you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCover sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one fits. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46788543512766,"sku":"ESF.5.A.BC.XL9","price":95.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-xl900-burner-cover-closeup.png?v=1778187184"},{"product_id":"ecosmart-ab8-burner-cover","title":"EcoSmart AB8 Burner Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/ecosmart-fire\"\u003eEcoSmart Fire\u003c\/a\u003e · Fire Pit Burner Cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the EcoSmart AB8 Burner Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the AB8 is the most common burner in the range, so this is the cover most owners eventually need, on a Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50, Manhattan 50, Base 40, Square 22 Fire Pit Kit or Round 20 Fire Pit Kit. It's a silicone seal that snaps over the opening, so fuel doesn't evaporate and dust stays out; leave fuel in instead of decanting it back each time. It's food-grade, with one rule: only fit it over a fully cool burner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-ab8-burner-cover-closeup.png?v=1780515895\" alt=\"EcoSmart AB8 Burner Cover\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEcoSmart AB8 Burner Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAB8 burner (Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50, Manhattan 50 Fire Table, Base 40 Fire Table, Square 22 Fire Pit Kit, Round 20 Fire Pit Kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature food-grade silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 500 mm x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbout 0.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit over a fully cool burner only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEcoSmart's limited warranty, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich fires does the AB8 Burner Cover fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits every EcoSmart product that uses the AB8 burner: Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50, Manhattan 50, Base 40 Fire Table, Square 22 Fire Pit Kit and Round 20 Fire Pit Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I leave fuel in the burner under the cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that's part of the point. A sealed burner keeps ethanol from evaporating between uses and keeps dust and insects out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the warranty on the AB8 Burner Cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEcoSmart's limited warranty applies. My Acre manages any claim for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which fires does the AB8 Burner Cover fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It fits every EcoSmart product that uses the AB8 burner: Mojito 40, Mimosa 40, Martini 50, Manhattan 50, Base 40 Fire Table, Square 22 Fire Pit Kit and Round 20 Fire Pit Kit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I leave fuel in the burner under the cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, that's part of the point. A sealed burner keeps ethanol from evaporating between uses and keeps dust and insects out.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty on the AB8 Burner Cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"EcoSmart's limited warranty applies. My Acre manages any claim for you.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure which burner cover you need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCover sizes are matched to the burner, so a quick call confirms exactly which one fits. We price beat any genuine quote, deliver free and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EcoSmart Fire","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46791752319166,"sku":"ESF.5.A.BC.AB8","price":85.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ecosmart-ab8-burner-cover-closeup.png?v=1780515895"},{"product_id":"valoriani-stand-f60-pizza-oven","title":"Valoriani STAND F60 Pizza Oven Stand (Oven Not Included)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/valoriani\"\u003eValoriani\u003c\/a\u003e · Pizza Oven Stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Valoriani STAND F60 Pizza Oven Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a BABY F60 arrives as an oven only; this welded steel stand is built to its exact 870 x 870mm footprint. Two shelves keep wood and tools within reach; four lockable castors let it wheel into place and lock steady for cooking. It's sized to the F60 only; the larger F75 needs the separate STAND F75. The oven is sold separately; My Acre manages the stand's 2-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/valoriani-stand-f60-pizza-oven-black-two-shelf-metal-stand.png?v=1778511386\" alt=\"Black Valoriani STAND F60 welded steel pizza oven stand with two flat storage shelves.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eValoriani STAND F60 Pizza Oven Stand specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTAND F60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eValoriani BABY F60 (wood and gas configurations)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelded steel, powder-coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDivisible two-piece, for added structural strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo flat storage shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 full-rotation castors with brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 x 870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich oven does the STAND F60 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Valoriani BABY F60, in both wood and gas configurations. It's sized to the 870 x 870 mm BABY F60 footprint and isn't interchangeable with other Valoriani models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the BABY F60 oven included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The STAND F60 is the stand only; the Valoriani BABY F60 pizza oven is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the castors be locked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All four full-rotation castors have brakes, so the stand can be repositioned for entertaining, then locked steady for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which oven does the STAND F60 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The Valoriani BABY F60, in both wood and gas configurations. It's sized to the 870 x 870 mm BABY F60 footprint and isn't interchangeable with other Valoriani models.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the BABY F60 oven included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The STAND F60 is the stand only; the Valoriani BABY F60 pizza oven is sold separately.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the castors be locked?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. All four full-rotation castors have brakes, so the stand can be repositioned for entertaining, then locked steady for cooking.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitting a BABY F60 into your outdoor kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeak with a My Acre specialist about the STAND F60, delivery timing and warranty. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Valoriani","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47017096478910,"sku":"VAL-STAND-F60","price":1700.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/valoriani-stand-f60-pizza-oven-black-two-shelf-metal-stand.png?v=1778511386"},{"product_id":"valoriani-stand-f75-pizza-oven","title":"Valoriani STAND F75 Pizza Oven Stand (Oven Not Included)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/valoriani\"\u003eValoriani\u003c\/a\u003e · Pizza Oven Stand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Valoriani STAND F75 Pizza Oven Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: the BABY F75 is Valoriani's larger oven; this welded steel base is sized to its exact 1000 x 1010mm platform. Two shelves keep wood and tools within reach; four lockable castors wheel it into place and lock steady for cooking. It's sized to the F75 only; the smaller BABY F60 needs the separate STAND F60. The oven is sold separately; My Acre manages the 2-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/valoriani-stand-f75-pizza-oven-black-two-shelf-metal-stand.png?v=1787551541\" alt=\"Black Valoriani STAND F75 welded steel pizza oven stand with two flat storage shelves.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eValoriani STAND F75 Pizza Oven Stand specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTAND F75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eValoriani BABY F75 (wood and gas configurations)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelded steel, powder-coated black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDivisible two-piece, for added structural strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShelves\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo flat storage shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop platform\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 x 1010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCastors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 full-rotation castors with brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years, managed by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich oven does the STAND F75 fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Valoriani BABY F75, in both wood and gas configurations. It's sized to the 1000 x 1010 mm BABY F75 footprint and isn't interchangeable with other Valoriani models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the BABY F75 oven included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The STAND F75 is the stand only; the Valoriani BABY F75 pizza oven is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the castors be locked?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All four full-rotation castors have brakes, so the stand can be repositioned for entertaining, then locked steady for cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which oven does the STAND F75 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The Valoriani BABY F75, in both wood and gas configurations. It's sized to the 1000 x 1010 mm BABY F75 footprint and isn't interchangeable with other Valoriani models.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the BABY F75 oven included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The STAND F75 is the stand only; the Valoriani BABY F75 pizza oven is sold separately.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the castors be locked?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. All four full-rotation castors have brakes, so the stand can be repositioned for entertaining, then locked steady for cooking.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitting a BABY F75 into your outdoor kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeak with a My Acre specialist about the STAND F75, delivery timing and warranty. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Valoriani","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47039195873470,"sku":"VAL-STAND-F75","price":1900.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/valoriani-stand-f75-pizza-oven-black-two-shelf-metal-stand.png?v=1787551541"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-protection-cover","title":"Shadowspec Protection Cover","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Protection Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a cantilever umbrella spends most of its life closed, exposed to UV, salt air and dust that wear the canopy faster than use does. Each cover is cut to one exact model, so order against your specific size, not just the range; Oasis alone spans three sizes at three prices. We confirm the fit before it ships. Delivery is free; any seam or zip fault is covered under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/cover-serenity-1.jpg?v=1784613388\" alt=\"Shadowspec protection cover fitted over a folded Serenity cantilever umbrella\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit your cover\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"acre-chips\" style=\"margin:0 0 14px\"\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeatherproof fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCut to your exact model\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple to fit and remove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"acre-videos\"\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"OvNyJg_PdlM\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/OvNyJg_PdlM\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Shadowspec Protection Cover operation for Serenity and Unity, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: Serenity and Unity — cover in use\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e1:21\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eSerenity \u0026amp; Unity — cover in use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003eHow to take care when using the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"-FXrCyYwnUg\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/-FXrCyYwnUg\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Shadowspec Protection Cover assembly for Serenity and Unity, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: Serenity and Unity — cover assembly\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e1:48\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eSerenity \u0026amp; Unity — fitting the cover\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003eStep-by-step fitting, start to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"XBzHtgk6DQs\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/XBzHtgk6DQs\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Shadowspec SU10 Protection Cover assembly, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: SU10 — cover assembly\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e2:07\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eSU10 — fitting the cover\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003eStep-by-step fitting for the SU10 cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"5vFp3QQRanU\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/5vFp3QQRanU\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Shadowspec SU4 Protection Cover assembly, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: SU4 — cover assembly\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e1:49\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eSU4 — fitting the cover\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003eWe don't currently list this size — call us to check availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Protection Cover specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Serenity, Oasis and SU10 umbrellas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeatherproof cover for the closed umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtects\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy and mast from UV, dust and weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSerenity (Single Canopy)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$489\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOasis 2.0m and 2.7m\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$118\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOasis 3.0m and 4.0m\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$199\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSU10 4.0m Square\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$369\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich cover size should I order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the cover to your umbrella model and canopy size: Serenity single canopy, Oasis 2.0 m\/2.7 m, Oasis 3.0 m\/4.0 m, or SU10 4.0 m Square. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you are not sure which size your umbrella needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I still need a cover if the umbrella is under a pergola?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Even under cover, wind-blown dust and UV still reach a closed canopy over time, so the cover still extends the fabric's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is weatherproof and sheds rain, keeping the closed umbrella dry underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which cover size should I order?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Match the cover to your umbrella model and canopy size: Serenity single canopy, Oasis 2.0 m\/2.7 m, Oasis 3.0 m\/4.0 m, or SU10 4.0 m Square. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you are not sure which size your umbrella needs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I still need a cover if the umbrella is under a pergola?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Even under cover, wind-blown dust and UV still reach a closed canopy over time, so the cover still extends the fabric's life.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the cover waterproof?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is weatherproof and sheds rain, keeping the closed umbrella dry underneath.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep your Shadowspec looking new\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your model and canopy size and we will confirm the right cover before it ships, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788732521\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"acre-video-modal\" id=\"acreVideoModal\"\u003e\n \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video-modal__close\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Close video\"\u003e×\u003c\/button\u003e\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video-modal__panel\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\n\"name\":\"Protection Cover Operation - Shadowspec Serenity and Unity\",\n\"description\":\"Take care when using your Shadowspec Serenity and Unity Protection Cover.\",\n\"thumbnailUrl\":[\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/OvNyJg_PdlM\/hqdefault.jpg\"],\n\"uploadDate\":\"2021-04-06T20:50:06-07:00\",\n\"duration\":\"PT1M21S\",\n\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/OvNyJg_PdlM\",\n\"publisher\":{\"@type\":\"Organization\",\"name\":\"Shadowspec\",\"logo\":{\"@type\":\"ImageObject\",\"url\":\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"VideoObject\", \"name\": \"Shadowspec Protection Cover Assembly - Shadowspec Serenity and Unity\", \"description\": \"Take care when assembling your Shadowspec Serenity and Unity Protection Cover.\", \"thumbnailUrl\": [\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/-FXrCyYwnUg\/hqdefault.jpg\"], \"uploadDate\": \"2021-04-06T20:49:57-07:00\", \"duration\": \"PT1M48S\", \"embedUrl\": \"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/-FXrCyYwnUg\", \"publisher\": {\"@type\": \"Organization\", \"name\": \"Shadowspec\", \"logo\": {\"@type\": \"ImageObject\", \"url\": \"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\n\"name\":\"Shadowspec SU10 Protection Cover Assembly\",\n\"description\":\"Step by step instructions on how to assemble your Shadowspec SU10 Umbrella's Protection Cover.\",\n\"thumbnailUrl\":[\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/XBzHtgk6DQs\/hqdefault.jpg\"],\n\"uploadDate\":\"2018-12-11T13:19:26-08:00\",\n\"duration\":\"PT2M7S\",\n\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/XBzHtgk6DQs\",\n\"publisher\":{\"@type\":\"Organization\",\"name\":\"Shadowspec\",\"logo\":{\"@type\":\"ImageObject\",\"url\":\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\n\"name\":\"Shadowspec SU4 Umbrella - Protection Cover Assembly\",\n\"description\":\"Step by step instructions on how to assemble your Shadowspec SU4's Protection Cover.\",\n\"thumbnailUrl\":[\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/5vFp3QQRanU\/hqdefault.jpg\"],\n\"uploadDate\":\"2018-12-11T12:49:27-08:00\",\n\"duration\":\"PT1M49S\",\n\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/5vFp3QQRanU\",\n\"publisher\":{\"@type\":\"Organization\",\"name\":\"Shadowspec\",\"logo\":{\"@type\":\"ImageObject\",\"url\":\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript\u003e\n(function(){\n  var modal = document.getElementById('acreVideoModal');\n  if (!modal) return;\n  var panel = modal.querySelector('.acre-video-modal__panel');\n  function openVideo(id, start, title){\n    var iframe = document.createElement('iframe');\n    iframe.src = 'https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/' + id + '?start=' + (start || '0') + '\u0026autoplay=1\u0026rel=0';\n    iframe.title = title || 'Shadowspec video';\n    iframe.allow = 'accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share';\n    iframe.allowFullscreen = true;\n    panel.innerHTML = '';\n    panel.appendChild(iframe);\n    modal.classList.add('is-open');\n    document.body.style.overflow = 'hidden';\n  }\n  function closeVideo(){\n    modal.classList.remove('is-open');\n    panel.innerHTML = '';\n    document.body.style.overflow = '';\n  }\n  document.querySelectorAll('.acre-video__play').forEach(function(btn){\n    btn.addEventListener('click', function(){\n      var wrap = btn.closest('.acre-video');\n      var id = wrap.getAttribute('data-yt');\n      var start = wrap.getAttribute('data-start') || '0';\n      var h4 = wrap.querySelector('h4');\n      openVideo(id, start, h4 ? h4.textContent : '');\n    });\n  });\n  modal.querySelector('.acre-video-modal__close').addEventListener('click', closeVideo);\n  modal.addEventListener('click', function(e){ if (e.target === modal) closeVideo(); });\n  document.addEventListener('keydown', function(e){ if (e.key === 'Escape' \u0026\u0026 modal.classList.contains('is-open')) closeVideo(); });\n})();\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Serenity (Single Canopy)","offer_id":47898455572670,"sku":"MA-SHW-COVSER-SGL","price":489.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oasis 2.0m and 2.7m","offer_id":48186846576830,"sku":"MA-SHW-COVOAS-20-27","price":118.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oasis 3.0m and 4.0m","offer_id":48186846609598,"sku":"MA-SHW-COVOAS-30-40","price":199.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"SU10 4.0m Square","offer_id":48186846642366,"sku":"MA-SHW-COVSU10-40","price":369.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/cover-serenity-1.jpg?v=1784613388"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-installation-base-for-serenity-and-unity","title":"Shadowspec Installation Base for Serenity and Unity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Installation Base for Serenity and Unity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a Serenity or Unity is only as stable as what it stands in. Shadowspec builds the mount four ways in marine-grade 316 stainless: a portable Free-Standing Base, an In-Ground Anchor set into fresh concrete, a Surface Plate that bolts to existing decking or paving, or a Wall Mount Bracket. None suits every site. Tell us what yours looks like and we will point you to the right one. This standalone listing covers a separate delivery and retrofit onto a Serenity or Unity you already own; if you are ordering a new umbrella at the same time, ask us about the lower-cost mount upgrade bundled into that original delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-free-standing-base-serenity-unity.jpg?v=1787373010\" alt=\"Shadowspec free-standing base for Serenity and Unity, with paver trays and levelling feet\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Installation Base for Serenity and Unity specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Serenity and Unity umbrellas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-grade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFree Standing Base\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$998 (portable, adds around 165 mm to overall umbrella height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIn-Ground Anchor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$398 (sets into a fresh concrete pour, permanent fix)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$398 (bolts to existing decking, paving or concrete, adds around 12 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall Mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$998 (fixes to a solid wall)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich base should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Free-Standing Base is portable and needs no groundwork. The In-Ground Anchor sets into a fresh concrete pour for a permanent fix. The Surface Plate bolts flush to existing decking, paving or concrete. The Wall Mount Bracket fixes to a solid wall. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the bases suitable for coastal sites?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All four mount styles are built in marine-grade 316 stainless steel, so they hold up to salt air and coastal weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I move the umbrella between locations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the Free-Standing Base; it is designed to be lifted and repositioned. The In-Ground Anchor and Surface Plate are fixed installs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which base should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Free-Standing Base is portable and needs no groundwork. The In-Ground Anchor sets into a fresh concrete pour for a permanent fix. The Surface Plate bolts flush to existing decking, paving or concrete. The Wall Mount Bracket fixes to a solid wall. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you are unsure.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the bases suitable for coastal sites?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. All four mount styles are built in marine-grade 316 stainless steel, so they hold up to salt air and coastal weather.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I move the umbrella between locations?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, with the Free-Standing Base; it is designed to be lifted and repositioned. The In-Ground Anchor and Surface Plate are fixed installs.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGet the right base for your site\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us whether you are working with decking, paving, concrete or a wall and we will match the mount, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Free Standing Base","offer_id":47898457505982,"sku":"MA-SHW-IBASE-FREE","price":998.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"In-Ground Anchor","offer_id":47900161409214,"sku":"MA-SHW-IBASE-INGR","price":398.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Surface Plate","offer_id":47900161441982,"sku":"MA-SHW-IBASE-SURF","price":398.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wall Mount Bracket","offer_id":48186854736062,"sku":"MA-SHW-IBASE-WALL","price":998.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-mount-free-standing-base.jpg?v=1786660431"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-led-light-for-serenity-and-unity","title":"Shadowspec LED Light for Serenity and Unity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec LED Light for Serenity and Unity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: lighting is what makes your Serenity or Unity useful after dark. The kit builds 48 LEDs into the ShadowHub, not a clip-on strip, in two versions. Smart Battery is rechargeable, app-controlled and needs no wiring, good for 4 to 8 hours a charge. Hardwire runs off mains for permanent daily use, but needs an electrician once. Choose Smart Battery if the umbrella might move, Hardwire if it stays put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/led-serenity-unity-1.jpg?v=1784613388\" alt=\"Shadowspec App controlling umbrella LED light brightness\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eControl it from your phone\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"acre-chips\" style=\"margin:0 0 14px\"\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eApp-controlled\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4-8 hour battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo wiring needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"acre-videos\"\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"xcXebydCUy4\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/xcXebydCUy4\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"Shadowspec iOS App, how to connect your light, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: How to connect your light\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e1:23\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eHow to connect your light\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003ePair your ShadowHub LED with the app in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video\" data-yt=\"ziBbfFCLDlg\" data-start=\"0\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__frame\" style=\"background-image:url('https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/ziBbfFCLDlg\/hqdefault.jpg')\" role=\"img\" aria-label=\"The Shadowspec iOS App, video thumbnail\"\u003e\n   \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video__play\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Play: The Shadowspec app\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__playicon\"\u003e\u003csvg viewbox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"#fff\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M8 5v14l11-7z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n   \u003c\/button\u003e\n   \u003cspan class=\"acre-video__duration\"\u003e0:30\u003c\/span\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video__body\"\u003e\n   \u003ch4\u003eThe Shadowspec app\u003c\/h4\u003e\n   \u003cp\u003eSee the app control your ShadowHub LED.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec LED Light for Serenity and Unity specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Serenity and Unity umbrellas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLEDs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48, built into the ShadowHub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmart Battery LED Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$298 (rechargeable lithium, app-controlled via the Shadowspec app)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmart Battery run time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 to 8 hours per charge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardwire LED Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$390 (mains-powered, for permanent daily use)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich LED option should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Smart Battery for app control and portability, with no wiring needed. Choose the Hardwire Kit if the umbrella stays in one spot and you want mains power for permanent daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does the Smart Battery last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e4 to 8 hours per full charge, depending on brightness and colour setting. Recharge it via the supplied cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the LEDs work in the rain?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The LEDs are built into the ShadowHub and rated for outdoor use under the canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which LED option should I choose?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose the Smart Battery for app control and portability, with no wiring needed. Choose the Hardwire Kit if the umbrella stays in one spot and you want mains power for permanent daily use.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long does the Smart Battery last?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"4 to 8 hours per full charge, depending on brightness and colour setting. Recharge it via the supplied cable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do the LEDs work in the rain?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The LEDs are built into the ShadowHub and rated for outdoor use under the canopy.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLight up your evenings outdoors\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us how you use your umbrella and we will match the right LED kit, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788732521\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"acre-video-modal\" id=\"acreVideoModal\"\u003e\n \u003cbutton class=\"acre-video-modal__close\" type=\"button\" aria-label=\"Close video\"\u003e×\u003c\/button\u003e\n \u003cdiv class=\"acre-video-modal__panel\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"VideoObject\",\n\"name\":\"Shadowspec iOS App - How to Connect Your Light\",\n\"description\":\"How to connect the Shadowspec ShadowHub LED to the Shadowspec iOS app.\",\n\"thumbnailUrl\":[\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/xcXebydCUy4\/hqdefault.jpg\"],\n\"uploadDate\":\"2021-10-31T14:51:51-07:00\",\n\"duration\":\"PT1M23S\",\n\"embedUrl\":\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/xcXebydCUy4\",\n\"publisher\":{\"@type\":\"Organization\",\"name\":\"Shadowspec\",\"logo\":{\"@type\":\"ImageObject\",\"url\":\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"VideoObject\", \"name\": \"The Shadowspec iOS App is here\", \"description\": \"Introducing the Shadowspec iOS app for controlling the ShadowHub LED.\", \"thumbnailUrl\": [\"https:\/\/i.ytimg.com\/vi\/ziBbfFCLDlg\/hqdefault.jpg\"], \"uploadDate\": \"2021-01-11T15:59:53-08:00\", \"duration\": \"PT0M30S\", \"embedUrl\": \"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/ziBbfFCLDlg\", \"publisher\": {\"@type\": \"Organization\", \"name\": \"Shadowspec\", \"logo\": {\"@type\": \"ImageObject\", \"url\": \"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-logo.png\"}}}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cscript\u003e\n(function(){\n  var modal = document.getElementById('acreVideoModal');\n  if (!modal) return;\n  var panel = modal.querySelector('.acre-video-modal__panel');\n  function openVideo(id, start, title){\n    var iframe = document.createElement('iframe');\n    iframe.src = 'https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/' + id + '?start=' + (start || '0') + '\u0026autoplay=1\u0026rel=0';\n    iframe.title = title || 'Shadowspec video';\n    iframe.allow = 'accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share';\n    iframe.allowFullscreen = true;\n    panel.innerHTML = '';\n    panel.appendChild(iframe);\n    modal.classList.add('is-open');\n    document.body.style.overflow = 'hidden';\n  }\n  function closeVideo(){\n    modal.classList.remove('is-open');\n    panel.innerHTML = '';\n    document.body.style.overflow = '';\n  }\n  document.querySelectorAll('.acre-video__play').forEach(function(btn){\n    btn.addEventListener('click', function(){\n      var wrap = btn.closest('.acre-video');\n      var id = wrap.getAttribute('data-yt');\n      var start = wrap.getAttribute('data-start') || '0';\n      var h4 = wrap.querySelector('h4');\n      openVideo(id, start, h4 ? h4.textContent : '');\n    });\n  });\n  modal.querySelector('.acre-video-modal__close').addEventListener('click', closeVideo);\n  modal.addEventListener('click', function(e){ if (e.target === modal) closeVideo(); });\n  document.addEventListener('keydown', function(e){ if (e.key === 'Escape' \u0026\u0026 modal.classList.contains('is-open')) closeVideo(); });\n})();\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Smart Battery LED Kit","offer_id":47898465370302,"sku":"MA-SHW-LED-SMART","price":298.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hardwire LED Kit","offer_id":47900161474750,"sku":"MA-SHW-LED-HW","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/led-serenity-unity-2.jpg?v=1784613389"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-stainless-steel-castor-wheels","title":"Shadowspec Stainless Steel Castor Wheels","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Stainless Steel Castor Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a Free-Standing Base is heavy enough that shifting it by hand gets old fast. These four 316 stainless castors bolt on and turn that lift into a roll, adding 45 to 80 mm in height, so check that against any ceiling or eave clearance. They roll well on paving, concrete or decking, but sink and drag on lawn, so lift the umbrella instead if it sits on grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/castor-1.jpg?v=1784613621\" alt=\"Shadowspec Stainless Steel Castor Wheels set of four with mounting hardware\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Stainless Steel Castor Wheels specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Serenity and Unity Free-Standing Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour castor wheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-grade 316 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight added\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 to 80 mm to overall umbrella height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll the umbrella into position without lifting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$298\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the castors work on grass?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey work best on hard, flat surfaces such as paving, concrete or decking. On lawn they sink and drag, so lift the umbrella instead if it sits on grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo they lock in place?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each castor has a brake so you can lock it once the umbrella is where you want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill they fit the In-Ground Anchor or Surface Plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The castors bolt only to the Free-Standing Base. Fixed installs are designed to stay put.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do the castors work on grass?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They work best on hard, flat surfaces such as paving, concrete or decking. On lawn they sink and drag, so lift the umbrella instead if it sits on grass.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do they lock in place?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Each castor has a brake so you can lock it once the umbrella is where you want it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will they fit the In-Ground Anchor or Surface Plate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The castors bolt only to the Free-Standing Base. Fixed installs are designed to stay put.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMove your umbrella without the lifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm your base and surface with us and we will get the right castor set to your door, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47898508525758,"sku":"MA-SHW-CASTOR-STD","price":298.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/castor-1.jpg?v=1784613621"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-rain-gutter-for-serenity-and-unity","title":"Shadowspec Rain Gutter for Unity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Rain Gutter for Unity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a multi-canopy Unity is really several canopies zipped together. The seam between them is exactly where rain gets through, right over the table. The gutter clips into that seam and channels runoff out to the edge instead of down below. Order one per canopy junction: a Duo needs one, a Trio needs three, a Quattro needs four. Order short and that gap is exactly where it will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/gutter-serenity-unity-1.jpg?v=1784613389\" alt=\"Rain gutter channel fitted between two adjacent Unity umbrella canopies\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Rain Gutter for Unity specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Unity Duo, Trio and Quattro multi-canopy umbrellas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChannels rain between adjoining canopy panels to the outside edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 m per gutter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStock colour, sized to match the canopy edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZips between adjoining canopies, tool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne per canopy junction (Duo 1, Trio 3, Quattro 4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$190\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many Rain Gutters do I need for my Unity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne per junction between adjoining canopies: a Duo has one junction (one gutter), a Trio has three (three gutters), and a Quattro has four (four gutters). Call us on 1300 515 620 and we will match it to your configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Rain Gutter fit the Serenity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Serenity is a single-canopy umbrella, so there is no seam between canopies for the gutter to sit in. This gutter is for the Unity's multi-canopy range only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt zips between two adjoining canopies along the seam, tool-free. Fit it while the canopies are closed, then open the Unity as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many Rain Gutters do I need for my Unity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One per junction between adjoining canopies: a Duo has one junction (one gutter), a Trio has three (three gutters), and a Quattro has four (four gutters). Call us on 1300 515 620 and we will match it to your configuration.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the Rain Gutter fit the Serenity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The Serenity is a single-canopy umbrella, so there is no seam between canopies for the gutter to sit in. This gutter is for the Unity's multi-canopy range only.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it fitted?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It zips between two adjoining canopies along the seam, tool-free. Fit it while the canopies are closed, then open the Unity as normal.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKeep the table dry under your Unity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your Unity configuration (Duo, Trio or Quattro) and we will confirm exactly how many gutters you need, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"2.5m Stock Colour","offer_id":47898508558526,"sku":"MA-SHW-GUTTER-25STK","price":190.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/gutter-serenity-unity-1.jpg?v=1784613389"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-oasis-spigot-and-surface-plate","title":"Shadowspec Oasis Spigot and Surface Plate","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Oasis Spigot and Surface Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: an Oasis needs a fixed point to stand in. Most sites already have the surface sorted: paving, decking or an existing slab. This steel spigot bolts flush to it with four bolts, no excavation or concrete pour required; drop the pole in and it's fixed. The trade-off against the weighted Oasis Base is permanence: the spigot is low-profile but committed to one spot, the base stays portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/spigot-1.jpg?v=1786659040\" alt=\"Shadowspec Oasis umbrella lifestyle setting\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Oasis Spigot and Surface Plate specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Oasis centre-pole umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel spigot and surface plate, bolt-down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExisting decking, paving or concrete slab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGroundwork\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone (no excavation, no fresh concrete pour)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolts to any solid, flat surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$132\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to core the paver?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The plate bolts flush to the surface, with no coring, drilling of the paver or excavation required. You fix through the plate into the substrate below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I move the spigot later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed as a permanent fix. You can unbolt it, but you will leave visible fixing holes in the substrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need this if I already have the weighted Oasis Base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, choose one or the other. The Spigot and Surface Plate is a permanent fix; the Oasis Base is freestanding and portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to core the paver?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The plate bolts flush to the surface, with no coring, drilling of the paver or excavation required. You fix through the plate into the substrate below.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I move the spigot later?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is designed as a permanent fix. You can unbolt it, but you will leave visible fixing holes in the substrate.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need this if I already have the weighted Oasis Base?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, choose one or the other. The Spigot and Surface Plate is a permanent fix; the Oasis Base is freestanding and portable.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFix your Oasis in place, for good\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us what surface you are mounting to and we will confirm the fit before it ships, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47898509672638,"sku":"MA-SHW-SPIGOT-STD","price":132.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/SU2-Cafe-Resort-Umbrella-Surface-Plate.jpg?v=1786659004"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-oasis-base","title":"Shadowspec Oasis Base","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessory\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Oasis Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: not every site can take a drill, think leased courtyards or rooftop terraces. The Oasis Base holds the umbrella on weight alone, nothing bolted down. Match it to your canopy: 27 kg concrete for 2.0\/2.7 m, 35 kg steel for up to 3.0 m, 45 kg steel for 4.0 m. For daily use on an exposed site, the fixed Spigot and Surface Plate suits better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/Shadowspec-Oasis-Header-_5_42191032-c498-42e4-8c4c-346a4fe5c658.jpg?v=1782814897\" alt=\"Shadowspec Oasis umbrella with concrete base\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Oasis Base specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Oasis centre-pole umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding weighted base, no groundwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e27kg Concrete\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$154 (suits Oasis 2.0 m and 2.7 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e35kg Steel Flat Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$495 (suits Oasis up to 3.0 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e45kg Steel Flat Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$605 (suits Oasis 4.0 m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich base do I need for my Oasis?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e27 kg Concrete for the 2.0 m and 2.7 m Oasis, 35 kg Steel Flat Plate for up to 3.0 m, and 45 kg Steel Flat Plate for the 4.0 m. Matching the base to your canopy size keeps the set-up stable in wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the Oasis Base on decking?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The freestanding weighted base sits on any flat, level surface, including paving, concrete or decking, with no fixing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to bolt it down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The base is freestanding and relies on its weight for stability. For permanent daily use on an exposed site, we would point you to the Spigot and Surface Plate instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which base do I need for my Oasis?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"27 kg Concrete for the 2.0 m and 2.7 m Oasis, 35 kg Steel Flat Plate for up to 3.0 m, and 45 kg Steel Flat Plate for the 4.0 m. Matching the base to your canopy size keeps the set-up stable in wind.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the Oasis Base on decking?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The freestanding weighted base sits on any flat, level surface, including paving, concrete or decking, with no fixing required.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to bolt it down?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The base is freestanding and relies on its weight for stability. For permanent daily use on an exposed site, we would point you to the Spigot and Surface Plate instead.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA stable Oasis, no drilling required\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us your canopy size and surface and we will match the right base, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"27kg Concrete","offer_id":47898509836478,"sku":"MA-SHW-OASB-27CON","price":154.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35kg Steel Flat Plate","offer_id":47900161343678,"sku":"MA-SHW-OASB-35STL","price":495.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"45kg Steel Flat Plate","offer_id":47900161376446,"sku":"MA-SHW-OASB-45STL","price":605.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/SU2-Cafe-Resort-Umbrella-Concrete-Base.jpg?v=1784710222"},{"product_id":"polito-3-piece-pizza-oven-tool-set","title":"Polito 3-Piece Pizza Oven Tool Set","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polito\"\u003ePolito\u003c\/a\u003e · Pizza Oven Tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Polito 3-Piece Pizza Oven Tool Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a Polito Antonius or Giotto needs a loading peel, a turning peel, and something to clear ash off the floor between bakes. This set covers all three, sized to the Antonius and Giotto (it also fits the Donatello). The larger perforated peel loads and retrieves; the smaller round peel turns mid-bake without lifting the pizza out. My Acre handles the warranty if anything arrives faulty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/polito-3-piece-pizza-oven-tool-set.jpg?v=1784604566\" alt=\"Polito 3-Piece Pizza Oven Tool Set: loading peel, turning peel and wire brush with scraper.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolito 3-Piece Pizza Oven Tool Set specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolito Wood Fire Ovens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated loading peel, round turning peel (hard anodised aluminium), wire brush \u0026amp; scraper with wood-capped telescopic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntonius \u0026amp; Giotto (also fits Donatello)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$199\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill this fit my Polito oven?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for the Antonius and Giotto. It also works with the Donatello.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's the difference between the two peels?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large peel loads and retrieves the pizza; the small round peel turns it mid-bake without lifting it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a warranty included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a tool arrives faulty, contact My Acre and it will be resolved on your behalf with Polito.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will this fit my Polito oven?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Sized for the Antonius and Giotto. It also works with the Donatello.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the difference between the two peels?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The large peel loads and retrieves the pizza; the small round peel turns it mid-bake without lifting it out.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is a warranty included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"If a tool arrives faulty, contact My Acre and it will be resolved on your behalf with Polito.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKitting out your Polito oven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk to My Acre about the tool set, fit and delivery. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Polito","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48179596558526,"sku":"POL-ACC-SET3","price":229.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/polito-3-piece-pizza-oven-tool-set.jpg?v=1784604566"},{"product_id":"polito-infrared-pizza-oven-thermometer","title":"Polito Infrared Pizza Oven Thermometer","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polito\"\u003ePolito\u003c\/a\u003e · Pizza Oven Thermometer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Polito Infrared Pizza Oven Thermometer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: guessing your Polito's floor temperature by eye risks a soggy or burnt base; this gives you a reading in seconds instead. It isn't locked to one oven, so it also works on a barbecue plate, grill or any other wood-fired oven. It runs on a standard battery (not included) and switches between Celsius and Fahrenheit. At $80, My Acre handles the warranty if it arrives faulty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/polito-infrared-pizza-oven-thermometer.jpg?v=1784604566\" alt=\"Polito Infrared Pizza Oven Thermometer, non-contact laser thermometer with digital display.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePolito Infrared Pizza Oven Thermometer specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolito Wood Fire Ovens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-contact infrared laser thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital LCD, °C \/ °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuited to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntonius \u0026amp; Giotto (also fits Donatello), and any other pizza oven, BBQ or grill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come with a battery?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A standard replaceable battery from any hardware or supermarket store will power it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill this fit any Polito oven?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it isn't oven-specific. Works on the Antonius, Giotto and Donatello alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs a warranty included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the unit arrives faulty, contact My Acre and it will be resolved on your behalf with Polito.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it come with a battery?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. A standard replaceable battery from any hardware or supermarket store will power it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will this fit any Polito oven?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it isn't oven-specific. Works on the Antonius, Giotto and Donatello alike.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is a warranty included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"If the unit arrives faulty, contact My Acre and it will be resolved on your behalf with Polito.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWant to stop guessing your floor temperature?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk to My Acre about adding the Infrared Thermometer to your order. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Polito","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48179600261310,"sku":"POL-ACC-LASER","price":80.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/polito-infrared-pizza-oven-thermometer.jpg?v=1784604566"},{"product_id":"shadowspec-additional-wall-mount-bracket-kit","title":"Shadowspec Additional Wall Mount Bracket Kit","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/shadowspec-umbrellas\"\u003eShadowspec\u003c\/a\u003e · Umbrella Accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on Shadowspec Additional Wall Mount Bracket Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: your Retreat ships with one wall bracket, enough if it only ever hangs in one spot. If you use it at the pool wall and the courtyard wall for evening drinks, this kit is a second, identical bracket in marine-grade stainless for that second location. It doesn't buy a second umbrella, only a second place to hang the one you have. Installation is arranged separately, not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-retreat-wall-mount-bracket-kit.jpg?v=1784885251\" alt=\"Shadowspec Retreat wall mount bracket kit: top wall bracket with spring cup and bottom catch bracket\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShadowspec Additional Wall Mount Bracket Kit specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShadowspec Retreat wall-mounted umbrella\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional bracket kit for a second install location\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne complete wall mount bracket kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNote\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe Retreat ships with one bracket kit installed; this is an extra\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$297\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManaged by My Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need this bracket kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if you want to move your Retreat between two or more wall locations. The Retreat ships with one bracket already installed; this is a second kit for the other wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs installation included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit ships with all fixings, but installation into a solid wall is arranged separately. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you need a hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill one Retreat fit both brackets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both brackets are identical, so the Retreat lifts off one and drops onto the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need this bracket kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Only if you want to move your Retreat between two or more wall locations. The Retreat ships with one bracket already installed; this is a second kit for the other wall.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is installation included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The kit ships with all fixings, but installation into a solid wall is arranged separately. Call us on 1300 515 620 if you need a hand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will one Retreat fit both brackets?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Both brackets are identical, so the Retreat lifts off one and drops onto the other.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShade in two places, one Retreat\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell us where your second bracket needs to go and we will confirm the fit, backed by free delivery and My Acre's after-care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Shadowspec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48186874495166,"sku":"MA-SHW-RET-BRACKET","price":297.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/shadowspec-retreat-wall-mount-bracket-kit.jpg?v=1784885251"},{"product_id":"winter-gardenz-electric-fan-heater","title":"Winter Gardenz Electric Fan Heater 2.4kW","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/winter-gardenz\"\u003eWinter Gardenz\u003c\/a\u003e · Greenhouse Heater\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Winter Gardenz Electric Fan Heater 2.4kW\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: greenhouses lose most of their heat overnight, which is when frost does the damage; this fan heater holds up to 12m² above freezing. It also dries damp air that causes fungal problems on young plants; switch to fan-only mode through summer for the same effect without heat. It's a plug-in unit with a carry handle and a tip-over cut-off, suited to any Winter Gardenz greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/HES2.4_2-scaled.jpg?v=1786311851\" alt=\"Winter Gardenz Electric Fan Heater 2.4kW with carry handle, for greenhouse use.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinter Gardenz Electric Fan Heater 2.4kW specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 watts (2.4kW)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeats up to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12m² in a draught-free space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo heat settings, plus fan only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTip-over cut-off\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits any Winter Gardenz greenhouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill this heat my whole greenhouse?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's rated to hold up to 12m² in a draught-free space, which covers most single hobby greenhouses. If yours is larger, or exposed to wind, it may not be enough on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be installed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It's a plug-in unit with a carry handle, so it moves to wherever it's needed and doesn't require any wiring or plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it in summer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Switch it to fan-only mode once the cold has passed; it then runs as an air circulator instead of a heater.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will this heat my whole greenhouse?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It's rated to hold up to 12m² in a draught-free space, which covers most single hobby greenhouses. If yours is larger, or exposed to wind, it may not be enough on its own.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need to be installed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It's a plug-in unit with a carry handle, so it moves to wherever it's needed and doesn't require any wiring or plumbing.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use it in summer?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Switch it to fan-only mode once the cold has passed; it then runs as an air circulator instead of a heater.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure if one heater is enough?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk to My Acre about sizing the Electric Fan Heater to your greenhouse. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Winter Gardenz","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48695573217470,"sku":"WG-EFH24","price":155.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/HES2.4_2-scaled.jpg?v=1786311851"},{"product_id":"winter-gardenz-3-tier-greenhouse-shelving","title":"Winter Gardenz 3-Tier Greenhouse Shelving","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"myacre-pdp\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"ma-eyebrow\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/winter-gardenz\"\u003eWinter Gardenz\u003c\/a\u003e · Greenhouse Shelving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThe owner's insights on the Winter Gardenz 3-Tier Greenhouse Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe reason you'd add this on: a greenhouse without staging is just a floor and a bench; this shelving turns one wall into three growing levels for propagation through the cooler months. Each set is three full-length slatted shelves plus fixing brackets, in heavy duty aluminium powder coated matt black. It's sold by greenhouse size (6ft, 8ft, 10ft or 12ft) rather than as one generic unit, so check your greenhouse's actual length before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/3tiershelving05.jpg?v=1786311864\" alt=\"Winter Gardenz 3-Tier Greenhouse Shelving, matt black aluminium staging with three slatted shelves.\" style=\"width:100%;height:auto;border-radius:10px;display:block;margin:20px 0;\" loading=\"eager\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinter Gardenz 3-Tier Greenhouse Shelving specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ma-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty aluminium, powder coated matt black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 full-length slatted shelves (150mm, 300mm, 450mm) plus brackets, nuts and bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDown the side or across the back wall of a Winter Gardenz greenhouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6ft $535 · 8ft $595 · 10ft $655 · 12ft $715\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do I know which length to order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch it to your greenhouse's length: a 6ft by 8ft greenhouse takes the 8ft shelving, a 10ft by 12ft takes the 12ft, and so on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat's included in the set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree full-length slatted shelves per set (150mm, 300mm and 450mm), plus all brackets, nuts and bolts to fix it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"ma-q\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it go on either side of the greenhouse?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"ma-a\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits down either side wall or across the back, wherever the bench space is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I know which length to order?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Match it to your greenhouse's length: a 6ft by 8ft greenhouse takes the 8ft shelving, a 10ft by 12ft takes the 12ft, and so on.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's included in the set?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three full-length slatted shelves per set (150mm, 300mm and 450mm), plus all brackets, nuts and bolts to fix it in place.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it go on either side of the greenhouse?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It fits down either side wall or across the back, wherever the bench space is needed.\"}}]}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"ma-cta-panel\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot sure which length fits your greenhouse?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCall My Acre to match the 3-Tier Shelving to your model before you order. We price beat any genuine quote and handle the warranty for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"tel:1300515620\" class=\"ma-cta-btn\"\u003eCall today\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/ma-pdp-myacre_a9ff4e59-917f-40a7-832b-e9a525b10b31.css?v=1788480078\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n","brand":"Winter Gardenz","offers":[{"title":"For a 6ft long greenhouse","offer_id":48695573250238,"sku":"ST06","price":535.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"For an 8ft long greenhouse","offer_id":48695573283006,"sku":"ST08","price":595.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"For a 10ft long greenhouse","offer_id":48695573315774,"sku":"ST10","price":655.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"For a 12ft long greenhouse","offer_id":48695573348542,"sku":"ST12","price":715.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0733\/0856\/9790\/files\/3tiershelving05.jpg?v=1786311864"}],"url":"https:\/\/myacre.com.au\/collections\/accessories.oembed?page=6","provider":"My Acre","version":"1.0","type":"link"}